1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
27 #include "blockinput.h"
28 #include "syssignal.h"
30 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
31 if this is not done before the other system files. */
33 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
35 /* If we have Xfixes extension, use it for pointer blanking. */
37 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
40 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
41 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
43 #include <sys/types.h>
46 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
53 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
54 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
57 #include "character.h"
60 #include "dispextern.h"
62 #include "termhooks.h"
65 #include "emacs-icon.h"
70 #include "intervals.h"
75 #include "xsettings.h"
77 #include "sysselect.h"
80 #include <X11/Shell.h>
88 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
92 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
93 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
97 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
99 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
100 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
102 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
104 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
105 #if defined USE_MOTIF
106 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
107 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
108 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
111 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
112 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
113 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
114 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
115 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
116 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
117 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
119 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
120 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
121 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
122 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
124 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
128 #ifndef XtNinitialState
129 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
133 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
136 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
139 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
143 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
146 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
149 static bool any_help_event_p
;
151 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
154 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
158 /* The application context for Xt use. */
159 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
160 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
162 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
163 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
165 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
167 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
168 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
169 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
171 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
173 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
175 static int x_noop_count
;
177 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
179 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
180 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
183 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
184 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
186 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
187 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
190 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
191 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
195 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
200 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
201 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
202 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
203 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
205 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
206 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
207 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
209 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
210 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
211 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
212 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
213 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
216 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
217 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int, bool);
218 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
219 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
220 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
221 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
222 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
223 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
224 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
225 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
226 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
227 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
228 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
229 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
230 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
231 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
232 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
233 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
234 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
235 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
236 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
237 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
239 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
240 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
241 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
242 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
243 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
244 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
245 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
246 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
247 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
249 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
250 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
251 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
252 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
253 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
254 const XEvent
*, int *,
255 struct input_event
*);
256 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
257 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
259 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
260 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
261 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
262 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
263 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
264 static void x_initialize (void);
267 /* Flush display of frame F. */
270 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
272 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
273 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
274 connection may be broken. */
275 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
279 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
284 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
285 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
286 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
287 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
288 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
291 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
294 /***********************************************************************
296 ***********************************************************************/
300 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
301 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
309 struct record event_record
[100];
311 int event_record_index
;
314 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
316 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
317 event_record_index
= 0;
319 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
320 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
321 event_record_index
++;
328 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
330 struct x_display_info
*
331 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
333 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
335 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
336 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
343 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
345 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
346 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
347 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
349 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
353 unsigned int nchildren
;
356 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
363 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
366 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
368 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
369 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
370 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
372 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
376 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
381 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
382 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
383 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
384 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
388 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
390 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
393 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
395 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
397 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
398 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
399 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
400 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
402 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
404 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
405 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
406 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
408 /* return unless necessary */
413 unsigned long n
, left
;
415 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
416 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
417 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
420 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
422 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
432 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
433 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
434 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
439 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
441 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
445 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
447 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
451 /***********************************************************************
452 Starting and ending an update
453 ***********************************************************************/
455 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
456 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
457 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
458 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
459 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
462 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
468 /* Start update of window W. */
471 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
473 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
474 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
476 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
480 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
482 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
483 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
485 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
487 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
488 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
495 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
498 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
500 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
503 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
505 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
508 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
509 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
512 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
515 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
517 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
518 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
519 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
520 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
521 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
522 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
523 ? face_first
->foreground
524 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
525 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
526 ? face_last
->foreground
527 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
528 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
529 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
531 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
534 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
535 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
537 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
538 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
539 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
540 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
541 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
542 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
544 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
547 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
548 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
550 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
551 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
552 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
553 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
554 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
555 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
559 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
560 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
561 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
565 /* End update of window W.
567 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
568 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
570 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
571 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
572 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
574 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
575 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
579 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
580 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
582 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
587 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1,
588 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
589 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
591 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
593 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
594 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
596 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
602 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
603 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
604 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
606 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
608 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
609 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
610 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
615 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
619 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
621 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
622 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
626 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
632 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
633 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
636 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
639 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
643 /* Clear under internal border if any for non-toolkit builds. */
646 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
648 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
650 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
652 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
653 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
654 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
655 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
656 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
657 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
660 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
661 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
662 x_clear_area (display
, window
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
663 x_clear_area (display
, window
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
669 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
670 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
671 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
672 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
673 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
676 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
680 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
681 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
684 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
685 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
686 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
687 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
688 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
689 overhead is very small. */
694 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
695 && desired_row
->full_width_p
696 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
697 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
699 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
702 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
705 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
706 0, y
, width
, height
);
707 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
708 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
717 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
719 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
720 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
721 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
722 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
723 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
725 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
726 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
728 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
730 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
731 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
732 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
733 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
735 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
737 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
739 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
,
740 p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
743 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
749 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
750 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
754 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
756 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
758 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
760 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
762 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
763 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
765 face
->background
, depth
);
769 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
770 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
773 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
774 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
775 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
776 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
779 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
780 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
781 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
785 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
786 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
787 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
791 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
794 /***********************************************************************
796 ***********************************************************************/
800 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
801 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
802 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
803 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
804 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
805 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
806 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
807 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
808 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
809 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
810 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
811 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
812 unsigned long *, double, int);
813 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
814 double, int, unsigned long);
815 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
816 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
817 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
818 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
819 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
820 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
822 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
823 int, int, int, int, int, int,
825 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
826 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
827 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
830 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
834 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
838 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
840 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
841 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
842 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
844 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
847 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
851 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
852 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
854 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
855 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
856 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
857 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
858 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
859 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
860 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
862 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
863 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
864 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
866 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
867 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
870 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
871 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
872 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
874 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
875 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
878 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
879 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
881 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
886 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
889 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
894 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
895 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
896 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
898 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
900 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
901 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
903 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
904 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
905 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
907 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
911 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
916 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
917 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
918 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
919 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
921 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
922 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
925 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
926 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
928 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
931 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
935 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
936 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
937 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
940 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
946 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
947 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
951 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
953 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
955 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
958 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
960 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
962 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
963 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
965 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
970 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
972 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
973 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
975 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
976 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
979 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
984 /* GC must have been set. */
985 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
989 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
990 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
993 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
995 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
996 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
999 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1004 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1005 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1009 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1014 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1016 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1019 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1024 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1027 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1030 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1031 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1033 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1035 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1037 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1038 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1041 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1042 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1043 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1047 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1049 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1051 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1052 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1053 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1057 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1058 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1063 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1066 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1069 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1070 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1071 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1072 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1076 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1077 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1078 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1079 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1080 contains the first component of a composition. */
1083 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1085 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1086 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1087 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1089 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1093 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1094 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1095 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1096 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1097 s
->background_width
,
1098 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1099 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1100 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1102 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1103 || s
->font_not_found_p
1104 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1107 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1108 s
->background_width
,
1109 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1110 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1116 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1119 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1123 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1124 of S to the right of that box line. */
1125 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1126 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1127 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1131 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1133 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1135 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1137 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1138 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1139 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1141 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1146 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1147 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1150 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1151 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1153 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1155 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1156 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1158 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1159 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1160 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1164 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1167 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1170 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1172 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1173 of S to the right of that box line. */
1174 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1175 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1176 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1180 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1181 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1182 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1183 this composition. */
1185 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1186 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1187 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1189 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1190 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1191 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1193 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1197 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1198 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1199 space on the left or right. */
1200 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1202 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1203 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1205 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1206 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1207 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1212 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1217 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1219 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1220 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1221 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1224 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1228 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1229 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1230 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1233 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1234 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1235 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1236 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1237 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1238 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1246 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1247 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1248 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1254 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1257 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1259 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1263 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1264 of S to the right of that box line. */
1265 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1266 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1267 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1273 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1275 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1276 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1278 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1281 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1282 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1286 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1287 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1288 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1289 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1290 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1291 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1294 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1296 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1297 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1298 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1304 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1307 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1308 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1310 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1311 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1313 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1314 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1315 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1317 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1318 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1319 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1322 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1323 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1324 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1325 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1326 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1327 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1331 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1335 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1336 cannot be determined. */
1338 static struct frame
*
1339 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1341 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1342 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1345 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1347 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1348 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1349 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1350 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1351 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1352 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1354 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1355 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1356 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1360 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1361 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1362 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1368 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1369 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1370 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1371 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1372 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1373 Value is true if successful. */
1376 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1377 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1379 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1380 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1383 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1386 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1387 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1389 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1391 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1393 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1398 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1399 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1401 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1404 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1406 DPY is the display we are working on.
1408 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1409 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1410 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1411 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1413 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1414 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1416 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1417 we allocated the color or not.
1419 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1422 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1423 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1424 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1434 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1435 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1437 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1441 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1442 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1443 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1445 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1447 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1448 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1450 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1452 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1453 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1455 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1456 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1458 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1459 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1464 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1466 params
[0] = color_name
;
1467 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1468 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1469 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1474 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1476 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1478 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1482 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1486 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1487 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1490 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1495 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1496 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1497 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1499 APP is the application context in which we work.
1501 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1502 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1503 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1505 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1508 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1513 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1515 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1518 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1520 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1521 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1522 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1523 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1524 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1529 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1532 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1533 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1534 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1535 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1537 static const XColor
*
1538 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1540 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1542 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1544 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1545 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1548 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1549 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1550 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1552 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1553 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1555 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1556 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1559 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1560 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1564 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1565 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1568 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1570 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1572 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1575 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1577 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1578 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1579 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1580 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1584 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1588 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1589 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1592 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1594 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1598 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1599 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1600 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1604 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1608 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1611 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1612 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1613 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1614 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1616 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1617 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1618 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1620 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1622 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1624 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1625 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1626 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1627 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1629 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1632 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1636 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1637 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1638 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1639 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1643 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1644 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1645 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1646 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1647 XColor
*cached_color
;
1649 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1650 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1651 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1652 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1653 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1655 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1656 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1657 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1661 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1663 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1664 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1670 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1671 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1672 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1676 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1678 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1679 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1683 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1684 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1685 get color reference counts right. */
1688 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
1692 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1694 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1695 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1697 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1698 register_color (pixel
);
1704 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1707 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1708 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1709 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1710 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1711 use an additional additive factor.
1713 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1714 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1715 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1718 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1719 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1720 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1721 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1722 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1723 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1726 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1727 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1733 /* Get RGB color values. */
1734 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1735 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1737 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1738 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1739 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1740 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1741 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1743 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1744 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1746 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1747 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1748 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1749 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1750 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1752 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1753 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1754 /* The additive adjustment. */
1755 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1759 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1760 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1761 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1765 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1766 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1767 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1771 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1772 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1775 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1777 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1778 delta to the RGB values. */
1779 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1781 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1782 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1783 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1784 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1795 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1796 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1797 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1798 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1799 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1800 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1803 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
1804 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
1807 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1808 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1809 unsigned long pixel
;
1810 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1811 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1812 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1813 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1815 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1816 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1818 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1819 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1820 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1821 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
1823 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1827 /* Allocate new color. */
1828 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1830 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1831 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1832 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1834 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1836 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1838 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1841 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1845 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1848 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1850 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1851 unsigned long color
;
1853 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1854 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1855 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1857 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1858 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1863 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1864 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1865 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1868 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1869 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1871 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1872 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1873 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1874 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1875 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1880 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1881 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1882 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1883 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1884 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1885 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1889 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1890 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1891 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1892 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1894 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1895 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1900 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1902 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1903 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1905 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
1906 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
1907 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
1914 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1915 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1916 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1918 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1919 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1920 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
1921 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
1928 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1930 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1931 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1933 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
1934 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1935 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1936 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1939 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1941 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
1943 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
1944 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
1948 /* Outermost top line. */
1950 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1951 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
1952 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
1954 /* Outermost left line. */
1956 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
1962 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1963 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
1964 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
1965 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
1966 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1967 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
1968 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
1974 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1975 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
1976 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
1977 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
1978 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
1979 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
1982 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
1986 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
1987 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
1988 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
1989 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
1990 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
1991 rectangle to use when drawing. */
1994 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
1995 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1996 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2000 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2001 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2002 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2005 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2006 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2010 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2011 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2014 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2015 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2019 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2020 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2022 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2023 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2027 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2030 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2032 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2033 int left_p
, right_p
;
2034 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2035 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2037 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2038 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2039 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2041 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2042 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2044 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2046 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2047 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2049 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2051 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2053 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2055 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2056 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2058 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2059 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2060 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2062 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2064 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2066 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2067 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2068 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2071 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2072 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2073 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2078 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2081 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2084 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2086 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2087 right of that line. */
2088 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2089 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2091 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2093 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2095 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2096 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2097 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2098 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2104 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2105 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2106 trust on the shape extension to be available
2107 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2109 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2112 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2114 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2115 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2116 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2117 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2118 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2120 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2123 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2124 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2125 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2126 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2127 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2128 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2132 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2134 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2137 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2138 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2139 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2140 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2141 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2142 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2144 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2145 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2146 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2147 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2148 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2149 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2150 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2152 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2153 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2154 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2155 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2156 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2161 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2162 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2163 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2167 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2170 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2172 int x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2173 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2176 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2178 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2179 right of that line. */
2180 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2181 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2183 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2185 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2187 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2188 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2189 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2190 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2192 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2193 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2195 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2196 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2200 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2201 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2204 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2205 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2207 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2208 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2210 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2211 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2212 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2214 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2215 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2217 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2218 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2221 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= 0;
2223 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2224 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= 1;
2225 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2226 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= 1;
2227 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2228 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= 1;
2229 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2230 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= 1;
2232 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2233 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2234 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2235 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2239 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2242 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2245 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2247 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2248 right of that line. */
2249 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2250 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2252 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2254 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2256 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2257 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2258 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2259 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2265 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2266 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2267 trust on the shape extension to be available
2268 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2270 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2274 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2275 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2276 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2277 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2278 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2280 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2281 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2282 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2283 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2287 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2288 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2289 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2291 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2292 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2293 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2294 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2295 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2296 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2297 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2299 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2300 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2301 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2302 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2307 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2308 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2309 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2313 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2314 give the rectangle to draw. */
2317 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2321 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2322 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2323 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2324 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2327 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2331 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2334 s->x +-------------------------
2337 | +-------------------------
2340 | | +-------------------
2346 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2348 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2349 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2351 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2354 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2355 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2356 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2357 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2359 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2360 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2362 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2363 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2367 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2368 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2372 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2373 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2374 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2375 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2376 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2378 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2379 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2380 s
->background_width
,
2383 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2385 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2387 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2390 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2391 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2392 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2393 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2394 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2395 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2396 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2401 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2403 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2404 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2405 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2406 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2413 int width
= s
->background_width
;
2415 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2418 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2419 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
2422 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2423 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2425 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
2428 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2431 /* Draw the foreground. */
2434 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2435 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2436 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2437 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2438 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2441 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2443 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2445 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2446 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2447 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2451 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2454 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2456 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2458 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2459 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2461 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2462 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2463 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2466 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2468 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2472 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2478 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2480 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2482 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2483 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2484 x
+= background_width
;
2486 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2487 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2491 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2493 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2494 if (width
< background_width
)
2497 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2501 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2505 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2506 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2508 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2514 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2515 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2517 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2519 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2520 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2521 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2522 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2527 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2528 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2529 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2530 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2533 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, gc
, None
);
2536 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2538 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2539 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2541 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2542 except for header line and mode line. */
2543 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2545 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2548 if (background_width
> 0)
2549 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2552 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2556 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2562 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2567 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2569 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
2570 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2571 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2574 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2576 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
2580 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2584 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
2585 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
2586 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2588 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2591 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2593 /* Draw the waves */
2595 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2605 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2610 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2612 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2616 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2617 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2621 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2624 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2626 bool relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2628 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2629 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2630 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2631 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2634 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2636 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2637 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2638 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2639 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2641 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2642 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2643 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2644 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2646 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2647 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2651 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2652 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2654 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2655 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2656 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2657 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2658 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2659 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2662 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2663 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2664 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2665 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2668 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2670 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2671 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2672 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2673 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2674 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2675 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2677 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2679 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2682 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2686 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2690 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2691 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2693 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2694 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2697 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2698 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2699 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2700 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2702 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2703 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2706 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2707 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2708 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2710 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2711 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2718 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2720 /* Draw underline. */
2721 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2723 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2725 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2726 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2730 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2731 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2732 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2733 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2736 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2738 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2741 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
2742 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2744 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2745 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2746 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2750 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2751 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2752 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2755 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2756 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2759 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2760 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2761 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2762 specs, and its default is
2764 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2765 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2767 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2768 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2769 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2771 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2773 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2775 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2777 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2778 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2779 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2780 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2781 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2782 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2783 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2784 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2785 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2786 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2787 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2788 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2792 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2793 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2794 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2795 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2796 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2800 /* Draw overline. */
2801 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2803 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2805 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2806 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2811 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2812 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2813 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2815 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2819 /* Draw strike-through. */
2820 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2822 unsigned long h
= 1;
2823 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2825 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2826 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2831 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2832 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2833 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2835 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2839 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2840 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2841 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2845 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2847 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2848 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2849 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2851 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2852 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2853 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2856 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2857 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2858 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2859 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2861 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2862 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2864 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2870 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2872 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2873 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2874 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2876 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2877 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2878 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2881 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2882 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2883 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2884 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2886 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2887 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2889 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2890 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2895 /* Reset clipping. */
2896 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2900 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2903 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
2905 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
2906 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
2907 x
, y
, width
, height
,
2911 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
2915 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
2921 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
2922 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
2925 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
2927 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
2928 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
2932 /* Clear an entire frame. */
2935 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
2937 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
2939 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
2943 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
2945 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
2946 something like that, then they should be notified. */
2947 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
2949 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
2950 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
2951 redisplay, do it here. */
2952 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
2953 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2956 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
2963 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
2966 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
2972 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
2973 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
2974 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
2976 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
2977 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
2978 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
2979 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2981 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
2985 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2988 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
2989 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2990 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
2991 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
2992 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
2993 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
2994 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
2995 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
2996 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
2999 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3000 pixels into background pixels. */
3004 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3005 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3006 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3008 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3009 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3013 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3014 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3015 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3016 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3017 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3018 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3019 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3020 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3022 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3023 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3025 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3027 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3028 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3029 width
, flash_height
);
3030 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3032 (height
- flash_height
3033 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3034 width
, flash_height
);
3038 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3039 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3040 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3041 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3046 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3047 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3049 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3051 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3053 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3054 struct timespec timeout
;
3056 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3057 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3060 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3061 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3063 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3064 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3068 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3069 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3071 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3073 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3074 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3075 width
, flash_height
);
3076 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3078 (height
- flash_height
3079 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3080 width
, flash_height
);
3083 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3084 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3085 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3086 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3092 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3094 #undef XFillRectangle
3096 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3107 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, int invisible
)
3110 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, invisible
);
3115 /* Make audible bell. */
3118 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3120 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3128 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3130 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3132 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3138 /***********************************************************************
3140 ***********************************************************************/
3142 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3143 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3146 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3152 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3155 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3157 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3158 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3160 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3161 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3163 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3165 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3166 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3167 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3171 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3172 line at the bottom. */
3173 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3174 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3176 height
= run
->height
;
3180 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3182 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3183 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3185 height
= run
->height
;
3190 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3193 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3194 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3195 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3205 /***********************************************************************
3207 ***********************************************************************/
3211 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3213 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3214 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3215 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3216 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3218 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3219 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3220 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3221 because of this (bug#9310). */
3222 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3223 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3224 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3225 x_uncatch_errors ();
3227 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3228 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3232 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3234 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3235 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3236 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3237 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3239 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3240 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3241 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3242 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3243 x_uncatch_errors ();
3245 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3246 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3249 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3250 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3251 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3252 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3253 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3256 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3258 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3260 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3262 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3263 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3264 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3266 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3267 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3269 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3270 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3272 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
3275 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3278 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3279 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3280 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3283 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3285 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3287 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3289 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3290 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3292 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3293 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3294 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3295 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
3296 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
3297 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
3298 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3299 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3301 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3302 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3305 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3308 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3309 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3312 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3314 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3316 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3318 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3319 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3321 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
3322 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3326 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3327 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3329 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3330 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3334 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
3335 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
3337 static struct frame
*
3338 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3340 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3346 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3349 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3351 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3353 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3354 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3355 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
3356 /* A tooltip frame? */
3357 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
3358 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3359 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3361 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3363 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
3365 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3366 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3367 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
3370 #endif /* USE_GTK */
3371 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
3372 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
3374 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
3379 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
3381 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
3384 static struct frame
*
3385 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3387 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3388 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
3394 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3399 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
3401 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
3402 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3403 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
3408 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3410 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
3413 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
3414 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
3415 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
3417 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3418 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3422 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3423 /* A tooltip frame. */
3431 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
3433 static struct frame
*
3434 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
3435 const XEvent
*event
)
3437 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
3438 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3445 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3448 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3450 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3452 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
3455 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
3456 if (x
->menubar_widget
3457 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
3464 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
3465 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
3468 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
3470 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
3477 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3480 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
3482 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
3486 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
3488 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
3489 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
3492 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
3496 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
3497 /* Tooltip frame. */
3503 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
3505 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3506 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
3508 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
3510 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3511 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3513 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3516 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
3517 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3522 switch (event
->type
)
3527 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3529 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3531 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3532 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3533 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3534 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3536 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3542 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3543 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3544 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3545 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3549 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3551 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3552 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3553 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3560 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3561 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3564 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3566 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3570 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3571 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3572 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3574 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3575 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3576 the appropriate X display info. */
3579 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3581 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3585 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3587 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3589 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3591 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3592 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3593 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3594 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3595 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3597 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3598 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3602 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3604 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3607 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3608 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3609 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3615 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3617 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3619 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3621 int min_code
, max_code
;
3624 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3626 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3627 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3628 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3629 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3630 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3632 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3634 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3635 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3637 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3639 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3640 Alt keysyms are on. */
3642 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3643 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3645 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3647 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3648 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3650 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3652 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3656 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3660 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3662 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3668 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3669 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3674 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3675 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3680 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3681 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3682 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3683 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3688 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3689 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3690 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3691 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3695 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3696 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3697 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3698 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3699 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3708 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3709 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3711 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3712 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3715 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3716 make them just meta, not alt. */
3717 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3719 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3723 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3726 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3730 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3732 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3733 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3734 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3735 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3738 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3739 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3740 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3741 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3742 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3743 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3744 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3745 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3747 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3748 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3749 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3750 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3751 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3752 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3756 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3758 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3759 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3760 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3761 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3765 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3766 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3767 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3768 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3769 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3770 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3771 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3772 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3775 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3776 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3777 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3778 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3779 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3780 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3783 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3786 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3791 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3797 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
3799 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
3800 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
3801 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
3802 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
3804 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
3806 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
3807 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
3808 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
3809 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
3810 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
3811 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
3812 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
3813 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
3814 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
3817 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3819 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3823 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
3824 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
3827 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3829 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3830 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3831 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3832 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3834 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3838 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3839 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3840 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3845 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3846 The input handler calls this.
3848 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3849 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3850 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3851 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3854 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
3857 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
3859 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3862 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
3863 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3864 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
3865 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
3866 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
3868 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3870 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3871 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3872 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3873 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
3878 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3879 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
3880 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
3881 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
3882 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
3884 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3885 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3886 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3887 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3888 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
3889 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3896 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3897 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3899 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3900 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3901 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3902 position on the scroll bar.
3904 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3905 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3908 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3909 was at this position.
3911 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3913 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3917 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3918 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3922 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
3926 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
3927 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3933 Window dummy_window
;
3936 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3938 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3939 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3940 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3941 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3942 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3944 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
3946 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3947 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3948 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3950 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3953 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3954 a different screen. */
3957 /* The position on that root window. */
3960 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3963 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3965 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3967 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3968 containing the pointer. */
3972 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3976 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3977 structure is changing at the same time this function
3978 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3980 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3982 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
3984 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3985 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3986 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3992 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
3994 /* From-position, to-position. */
3995 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3999 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4005 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4007 /* From-window, to-window. */
4010 /* From-position, to-position. */
4011 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4016 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4019 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4020 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4021 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4022 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4023 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4031 /* Now we know that:
4032 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4033 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4034 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4035 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4036 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4037 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4038 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4039 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4040 never use them in that case.) */
4043 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4044 want the edit window. */
4045 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4047 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4048 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4051 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4052 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4055 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4056 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4058 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4061 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4064 x_uncatch_errors ();
4066 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4069 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4071 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4075 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4081 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4082 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4086 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4087 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4088 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4089 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4090 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4091 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4092 the frame are divided into. */
4094 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
4095 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
4096 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
4097 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4102 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4103 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4104 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
4114 /***********************************************************************
4116 ***********************************************************************/
4118 /* Scroll bar support. */
4120 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4122 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4125 static struct scroll_bar
*
4126 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4128 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4130 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4131 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4132 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4134 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4136 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4138 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4141 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4143 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4144 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4145 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4146 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4147 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4150 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4151 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4152 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4153 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4160 #if defined USE_LUCID
4162 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4163 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4166 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4168 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4170 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4171 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4173 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4175 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4181 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4184 /************************************************************************
4186 ************************************************************************/
4188 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4190 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4192 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4193 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4195 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4197 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4198 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4201 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4203 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4205 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4207 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4208 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4209 to avoid jerkiness. */
4211 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4213 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4214 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4215 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4216 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4219 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4220 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4223 const char *end_action
;
4226 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4227 end_action
= "Release";
4228 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4229 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4230 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4231 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4234 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4235 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4238 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4240 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4241 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4242 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4243 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
4245 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
4248 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4249 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4251 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4252 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
4253 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
4255 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4256 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4259 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4261 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4262 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4263 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4264 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4267 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4270 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
4271 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4272 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4273 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
4274 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
4275 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
4276 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
4280 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4281 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4282 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4283 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4284 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4287 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
4288 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
4289 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
4290 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
4291 will resolve such issues someday. */
4292 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
4293 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
4294 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
4295 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
4296 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
4298 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4299 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4300 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4301 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4304 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4305 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4306 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4307 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4312 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4316 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
4317 struct input_event
*ievent
)
4319 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
4323 /* See the comment in the function above. */
4324 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
4325 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4326 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
4327 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
4329 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4331 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4332 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4335 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4338 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4341 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4342 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4343 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4344 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4350 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4352 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4355 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4356 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4357 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4360 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4362 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4363 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
4364 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4368 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4370 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4373 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4375 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4378 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4380 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4383 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4385 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4390 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4393 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4395 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4402 /* Get the slider size. */
4404 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4407 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4408 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4409 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4410 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
4414 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4420 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4421 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4425 #elif defined USE_GTK
4427 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4428 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4431 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4432 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4436 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4437 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4438 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4439 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4441 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4445 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4446 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4447 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4448 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4450 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4451 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4452 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4453 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
4454 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4457 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4458 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4461 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4462 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4465 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4466 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4469 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4470 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4477 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4478 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4484 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
4487 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4488 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4491 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
4493 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4495 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4496 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4497 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4504 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4506 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4507 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4508 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4512 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4514 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4515 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
4516 float top
= *top_addr
;
4518 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4519 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4521 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4523 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4527 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4529 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4530 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4531 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4532 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4533 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4535 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4537 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4539 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4540 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
4541 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4542 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4546 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4547 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4548 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4549 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4550 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4551 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4552 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4555 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4557 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
4558 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4559 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
4561 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
4563 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4565 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4568 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4569 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4571 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4572 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4573 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4574 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4576 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4578 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4580 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
4581 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4584 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4586 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4588 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4589 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4593 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4595 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4598 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4599 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4604 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4607 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4613 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4614 unsigned long pixel
;
4619 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4620 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4621 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4622 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4623 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4624 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4625 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4626 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4628 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4631 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4635 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4638 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4642 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4643 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4645 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4646 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4648 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4650 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4652 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4654 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4656 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4658 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4661 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4662 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4664 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4665 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4666 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4667 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4669 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4671 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4672 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4673 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4674 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4675 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4676 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4677 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4678 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4680 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4683 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4687 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4690 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4694 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4696 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4697 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4699 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4702 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4703 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4704 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4706 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4709 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4711 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4714 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4715 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4716 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4718 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4722 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4723 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4724 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4725 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4726 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4727 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4728 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4731 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4732 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4736 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4737 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4738 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4740 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4742 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4745 /* Specify the colors. */
4746 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4749 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4752 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4755 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4761 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4762 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4765 char const *initial
= "";
4766 char const *val
= initial
;
4767 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4768 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4769 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4771 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4772 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4773 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4774 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4775 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4776 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4780 /* Define callbacks. */
4781 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4782 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4785 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4786 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4788 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4790 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4791 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4792 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4793 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4795 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4796 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4797 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4798 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4802 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4805 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4806 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4810 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4812 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4815 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4817 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4820 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4821 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4828 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
4830 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4831 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4832 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4833 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4834 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4835 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4836 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4837 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4838 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4839 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4840 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4841 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4842 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4843 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4851 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4852 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4855 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4859 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4860 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4862 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4864 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4865 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4866 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4868 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4870 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4876 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4877 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4881 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4883 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4884 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4885 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4889 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4890 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4891 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4894 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4895 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
4896 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
4897 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
4899 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4900 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4901 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
4902 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
4903 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
4906 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
4907 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
4908 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
4909 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4911 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
4912 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4915 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4916 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4917 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4919 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4923 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4927 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4929 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4933 /************************************************************************
4934 Scroll bars, general
4935 ************************************************************************/
4937 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4938 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4939 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4942 static struct scroll_bar
*
4943 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4945 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4946 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4947 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4952 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4953 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4954 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4956 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4960 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4961 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4962 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4964 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4965 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4967 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4969 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4971 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4972 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4973 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4974 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
4975 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4976 left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
4978 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4979 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4980 left
, top
, width
, height
,
4981 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4988 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4990 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4992 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
4996 bar
->height
= height
;
5000 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
5001 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5004 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5005 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5007 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5008 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5009 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5010 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5012 /* Map the window/widget. */
5013 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5016 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5017 left
,width
, max (height
, 1));
5018 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5019 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5020 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5021 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5022 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5024 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5025 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5026 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5033 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5035 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5037 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5038 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5039 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5042 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5043 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5044 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5045 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5046 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5049 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5051 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
5052 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5053 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5054 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5056 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5058 && start
== bar
->start
5065 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5066 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5067 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5069 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5070 the distance between start and end. */
5072 int length
= end
- start
;
5076 else if (start
> top_range
)
5078 end
= start
+ length
;
5082 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5086 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5090 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5091 if (end
> top_range
)
5094 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5095 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5096 that many pixels tall. */
5097 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5099 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5100 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5102 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5103 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5104 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5105 inside_width
, start
);
5107 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5108 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5109 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5110 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5112 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5113 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5114 /* x, y, width, height */
5115 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5116 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5117 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5119 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5120 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5121 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5122 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5124 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5125 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5126 if (end
< inside_height
)
5127 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5128 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5129 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5130 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
5136 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5138 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5142 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5144 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5147 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5149 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5150 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5151 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5152 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5154 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5157 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5158 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5164 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5165 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5166 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5170 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5172 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5174 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5175 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
5176 int window_y
, window_height
;
5178 /* Get window dimensions. */
5179 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5181 height
= window_height
;
5183 /* Compute the left edge and the width of the scroll bar area. */
5184 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5185 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
5187 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5188 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5190 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5193 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5194 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5198 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5202 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5203 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5205 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5209 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
5211 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5213 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
5215 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5218 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5220 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5223 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5224 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5225 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5226 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5227 left
, top
, width
, height
);
5229 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
5230 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
5231 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5232 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5233 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
5234 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5236 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5238 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5247 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5251 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5253 /* Remember new settings. */
5257 bar
->height
= height
;
5262 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5263 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5264 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5265 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5267 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
5269 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5272 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5275 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5276 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5277 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5280 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5282 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5283 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5287 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5288 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5289 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5290 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5291 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5292 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5293 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5295 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5296 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5297 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5300 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
5302 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5303 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5306 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5307 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5308 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5309 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5310 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5311 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5312 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5317 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5318 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5321 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5323 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5327 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5328 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5331 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5333 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5334 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5335 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5337 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5339 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5340 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5342 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5343 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5344 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5346 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5347 one or the other! */
5351 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5353 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5354 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5356 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5358 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5359 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5360 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5361 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5364 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5365 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5368 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
5370 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5372 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5374 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5375 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5376 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5378 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5380 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5382 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5385 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5388 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5389 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5393 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5394 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5395 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5397 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5401 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
5403 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5404 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5405 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5409 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5411 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5412 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5413 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5414 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5416 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5417 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5418 /* x, y, width, height */
5419 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
5421 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5422 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5423 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5424 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5429 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5431 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5432 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5434 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5439 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5440 const XEvent
*event
,
5441 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5443 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5446 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5447 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5448 emacs_event
->modifiers
5449 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
5450 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5451 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5452 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5455 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5456 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5457 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5460 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5461 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5464 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5467 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5468 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5469 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5471 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5473 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5474 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5475 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5477 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
5478 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5480 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5485 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5486 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5490 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5492 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5494 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5498 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
5499 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
5501 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5502 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5504 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
5505 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
5508 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5509 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5511 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5512 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
5514 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5516 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5518 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5523 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5525 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5526 on the scroll bar. */
5529 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5530 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5531 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5533 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
5534 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
5535 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5536 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5538 Window dummy_window
;
5540 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5544 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5546 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5548 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5549 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5550 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5552 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5555 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5558 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5560 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5562 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5563 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
5567 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5571 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5573 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5574 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5575 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5576 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5577 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5578 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5580 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5582 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5583 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5586 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
5587 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
5594 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5595 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5596 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5600 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
5602 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5605 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5606 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5607 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5608 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5609 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5610 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5611 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5612 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5614 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5617 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
5619 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5620 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5622 static int temp_index
;
5623 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5625 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5626 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
5628 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5630 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
5632 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
5634 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
5636 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5637 on a particular display. */
5639 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5641 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5642 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5643 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5644 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5646 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5655 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5656 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5657 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5659 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5661 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5665 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5667 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5668 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5669 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5672 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5673 event
->xclient
.window
);
5675 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5680 static int current_count
;
5681 static int current_finish
;
5682 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5684 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5685 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5686 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5687 static GdkFilterReturn
5688 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5690 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5693 if (current_count
>= 0)
5695 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5697 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5700 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5701 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5702 so we do it here. */
5703 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5705 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5708 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5713 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5716 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5720 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5724 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5725 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5727 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5729 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5732 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5733 enum xembed_message
,
5734 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5736 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5738 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5739 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5740 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5741 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
5743 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5746 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
5747 const XEvent
*event
,
5748 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5751 struct input_event ie
;
5752 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5756 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5757 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
5758 struct coding_system coding
;
5759 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5760 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5761 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5762 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5763 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
5764 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5768 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5770 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5771 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5774 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
5776 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
5777 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5779 switch (event
->type
)
5783 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5784 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
5786 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5788 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
5789 because this could be the shell widget window
5790 if the frame has no title bar. */
5793 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5794 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5795 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5797 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5798 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5799 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5800 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5801 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5804 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5805 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5806 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5807 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5810 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5811 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5812 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5815 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
5816 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5817 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5819 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
5820 /* The ICCCM says this is
5821 the only valid choice. */
5823 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5824 /* This is needed to detect the error
5825 if there is an error. */
5827 x_uncatch_errors ();
5829 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5834 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5836 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5837 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5838 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5839 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5840 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5841 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5842 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5843 session manager and one for this. */
5845 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5848 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5849 event
->xclient
.window
);
5850 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5851 for a single Emacs process. */
5852 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5853 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5854 event
->xclient
.window
,
5855 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5857 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5858 event
->xclient
.window
,
5864 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5868 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5870 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5871 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
5878 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
5881 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
5884 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5886 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
5887 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
5891 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
5898 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
5902 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
5903 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
5906 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
5908 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
5909 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
5911 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
5912 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
5913 currently never do because we are interested in
5914 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
5915 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5916 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
5919 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
5920 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
5924 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5925 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
5926 we construct an input_event. */
5927 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
5929 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
5930 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5933 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5935 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
5936 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
5938 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
5939 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
5940 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
5942 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
5946 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
5951 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
5952 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
5956 case SelectionNotify
:
5957 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselection
.time
;
5958 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5959 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
5961 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5962 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
5965 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
5966 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionclear
.time
;
5967 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5968 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
5970 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5972 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
5974 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
5975 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5976 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5977 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
5981 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
5982 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xselectionrequest
.time
;
5983 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5984 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
5986 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
5988 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
5990 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
5991 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
5992 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
5993 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
5994 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
5995 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
5996 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6000 case PropertyNotify
:
6001 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xproperty
.time
;
6002 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
6003 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6004 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
)
6005 && FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
6006 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6008 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
6009 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
6010 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
6011 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6012 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6013 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6014 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6015 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6016 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6019 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
6020 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6023 case ReparentNotify
:
6024 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
6027 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
6028 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6030 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6031 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6032 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6034 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6039 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
6042 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
6044 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6045 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6046 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6047 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6052 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
6053 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
6054 x_clear_area (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6055 event
->xexpose
.window
,
6056 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6057 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6059 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
6060 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
6065 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6066 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6068 #if defined USE_LUCID
6069 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6070 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6071 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6073 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
6075 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6077 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6079 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6080 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6082 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6083 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
6084 event
->xexpose
.window
);
6087 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
6088 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6091 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6092 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6096 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6097 source area was obscured or not
6099 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6101 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
6102 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6103 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6104 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6105 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6108 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6111 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6112 source area was completely
6117 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6118 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6121 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
6124 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
6125 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6126 the frame was deleted. */
6128 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
6129 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6130 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6131 display that won't ever be seen. */
6132 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
6133 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6134 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6135 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6136 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6137 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6138 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6139 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6141 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
6142 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6143 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6149 if (event
->xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6150 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6151 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6154 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6155 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6156 frame is visible. */
6157 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
6160 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
6162 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6163 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6164 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6165 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6167 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
6168 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
6169 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6173 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6174 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6176 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6177 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
6178 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
6179 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6182 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6189 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6190 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6192 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6193 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6194 if (popup_activated ())
6200 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6201 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6202 mouse highlighting. */
6203 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6205 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6207 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6208 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6212 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6215 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6216 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6217 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6218 event
->xkey
.window
);
6219 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6221 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6222 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6225 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6229 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6230 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6231 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6234 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6235 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6236 status_return even if the input is too long to
6237 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6238 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6239 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6240 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6241 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6242 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6243 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6245 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6247 /* Event will be modified. */
6248 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
6251 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6252 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6253 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
6255 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6258 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6259 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6260 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
6262 /* This will have to go some day... */
6264 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6265 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6266 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6267 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6268 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6269 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6270 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6272 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6273 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6274 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6275 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6276 not it is combined with Meta. */
6277 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6278 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6283 Status status_return
;
6285 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6286 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6287 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6288 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6290 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6292 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6293 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6294 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6295 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6296 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6299 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6300 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6302 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6307 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6308 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6312 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6313 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6316 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6317 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6321 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6322 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6323 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6326 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6327 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6329 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6330 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6332 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6333 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
6335 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6336 translations to characters. */
6337 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6338 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6340 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6341 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6345 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6346 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6348 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6349 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6351 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6352 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6356 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6357 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6358 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6363 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6364 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6365 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6366 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6370 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6371 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6372 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6373 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6374 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6375 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6377 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6378 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6380 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6381 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6382 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6383 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6384 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6386 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6387 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6389 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6390 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6392 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6393 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6395 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6396 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6398 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6399 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6401 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6402 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6404 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6405 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6407 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6408 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6410 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6411 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6413 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6414 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6416 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6417 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6419 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6420 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6422 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6423 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6425 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6426 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6427 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6428 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6429 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6430 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6431 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6432 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6433 don't have real modifiers but
6434 should be treated similarly to
6435 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6436 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6437 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6438 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6442 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6443 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6445 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6446 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6450 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6454 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6456 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6458 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6461 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6463 /* Decode the input data. */
6465 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6466 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6467 we used just above and the locale. */
6468 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6469 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6470 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6471 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6472 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6473 gives us composition information. */
6474 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6476 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6478 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6479 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6480 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6481 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6482 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6483 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6486 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6487 character events. */
6488 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6491 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6492 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6494 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6495 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6496 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6497 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6499 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6504 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6506 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6509 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
6510 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
6514 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6515 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6523 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xkey
.time
;
6525 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6526 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6534 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6535 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6539 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6540 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6542 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6543 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6544 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6545 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
6547 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6548 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6549 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6550 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6555 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6559 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xcrossing
.time
;
6560 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6562 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
6565 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6567 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6568 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6569 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6570 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6573 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6574 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6575 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6576 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6577 if (any_help_event_p
)
6581 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6582 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6583 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
6588 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6593 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
6594 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6595 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6597 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6598 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
6600 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6602 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6603 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6607 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6613 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6614 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6615 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6617 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
6618 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
6619 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, 0);
6621 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6622 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6623 will be selected only when it is active. */
6624 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6625 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
6626 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6627 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6628 create event iff we don't leave the
6630 && (focus_follows_mouse
6631 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6632 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6634 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6635 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6637 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
6638 last_mouse_window
= window
;
6640 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
6641 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6645 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6646 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6647 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
6648 event
->xmotion
.window
);
6651 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
6652 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6654 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6655 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6656 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6659 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6660 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6661 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6662 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6667 case ConfigureNotify
:
6668 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
6672 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6674 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
6675 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6681 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6683 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
6684 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
6686 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6687 is called by the code that handles resizing
6688 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6690 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6691 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6692 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6693 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
6694 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
6695 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6696 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6698 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
6699 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
6700 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6701 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6704 /** FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f) = event->xconfigure.width; **/
6705 /** FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f) = event->xconfigure.height; **/
6706 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6710 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6711 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6712 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6713 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6715 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6718 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6719 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6728 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6729 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6730 bool tool_bar_p
= 0;
6732 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6733 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
6734 dpyinfo
->last_user_time
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6736 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
6737 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
6740 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
6745 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
6746 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6747 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6748 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6751 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
6752 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
6754 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6755 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6757 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
6758 handle_tool_bar_click
6759 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6760 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
6762 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
6765 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6766 if (! popup_activated ())
6769 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6771 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
6772 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6774 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6775 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6777 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
6778 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6781 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
6783 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6784 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
6785 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6789 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6790 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
6791 event
->xbutton
.window
);
6793 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6794 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6796 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6798 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6799 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6801 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6803 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
6804 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6807 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
6809 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6810 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6813 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6816 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
6818 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6819 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6820 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6824 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6825 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
6826 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6827 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6828 Instead, save it away
6829 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6830 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6831 if (! popup_activated ()
6833 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6834 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
6836 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
6837 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6838 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6839 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
6840 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6841 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
6842 && event
->xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6843 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
6845 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
6846 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
6847 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
6848 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
6849 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6850 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6854 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
6858 case CirculateNotify
:
6861 case CirculateRequest
:
6864 case VisibilityNotify
:
6868 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
6870 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
6872 case MappingModifier
:
6873 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
6874 /* This is meant to fall through. */
6875 case MappingKeyboard
:
6876 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
6881 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
6886 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6888 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
6889 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
6891 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6896 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
6898 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6903 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
6908 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6914 any_help_event_p
= 1;
6915 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
6916 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
6920 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6921 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
6930 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
6931 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
6932 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
6934 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
6936 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
6938 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6939 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
6941 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
6944 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
6949 /* Read events coming from the X server.
6950 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
6952 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
6953 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
6954 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
6958 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
6961 int event_found
= 0;
6962 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
6966 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
6967 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
6969 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
6970 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
6974 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
6979 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
6982 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
6983 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
6988 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
6990 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
6996 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
6997 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
6998 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
6999 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7001 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7002 from all displays. */
7004 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7006 current_count
= count
;
7007 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7009 gtk_main_iteration ();
7011 count
= current_count
;
7013 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7015 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7018 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7020 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7021 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7024 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7025 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7026 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7028 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7032 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7033 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7035 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7037 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7038 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7042 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7043 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
7044 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
7046 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
7047 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
7058 /***********************************************************************
7060 ***********************************************************************/
7062 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7063 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7065 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7066 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7067 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7070 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
7071 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
7073 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7074 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7075 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7077 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7079 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7080 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7081 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7082 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7083 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7085 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7089 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7092 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7094 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7095 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7096 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7099 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7102 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7103 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7104 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7105 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7108 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7109 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7110 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7112 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7113 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7114 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7115 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7116 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7118 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7119 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7120 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7122 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7123 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7124 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7125 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7129 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7131 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7132 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7133 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7137 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7139 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7140 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7142 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7143 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7145 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7146 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7149 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7150 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7151 the bar might not be in the window. */
7152 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7154 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7155 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7156 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7160 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7161 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7162 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7163 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7164 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7167 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7168 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7169 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7170 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7171 that the glyph is legible. */
7172 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7173 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7175 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7176 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7179 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7182 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7183 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7186 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7188 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7190 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7193 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7194 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7196 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7198 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7199 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7200 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7201 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7203 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7204 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7205 width
, row
->height
);
7209 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7212 width
= row
->height
;
7214 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7216 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7217 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7219 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7220 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7221 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7222 row
->height
- width
),
7223 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7226 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7231 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7234 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7236 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7237 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7238 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7239 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7243 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7246 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7248 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), x
, y
, width
, height
);
7250 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7251 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7252 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7257 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7260 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
7261 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
7262 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
7264 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7268 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7269 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7271 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7272 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7273 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7274 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7276 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7277 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7281 switch (cursor_type
)
7283 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7284 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7287 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7288 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7292 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7296 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7300 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7309 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7310 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7311 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7315 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7321 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7324 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7326 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7328 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7331 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7332 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7333 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7334 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7339 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7340 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7341 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7343 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7344 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7345 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7349 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7350 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7356 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
== -2
7357 || xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7358 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7360 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
7364 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7366 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7368 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7372 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7375 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7376 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7380 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7381 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7385 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7386 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7387 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7388 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7389 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7391 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7394 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7395 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7401 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7402 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7405 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7407 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7412 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7413 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7415 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7416 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7419 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7420 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7421 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7422 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7427 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7429 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7430 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7432 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7433 be called from a signal handler.
7436 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7437 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7439 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7441 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7443 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7444 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7445 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7448 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7450 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7451 x_error_message
->string
,
7452 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7455 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7456 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7459 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7460 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7461 stored in *x_error_message.
7463 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7464 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7466 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7469 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7471 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7473 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7477 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7478 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7479 x_error_message
= data
;
7482 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7483 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7486 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7488 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7492 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7493 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7494 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7495 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7497 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7498 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7503 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7504 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7505 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7508 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7510 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7513 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7515 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7516 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7517 x_uncatch_errors ();
7518 error (format
, string
);
7522 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7523 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7526 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7528 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7531 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7534 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7537 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7539 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7542 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7543 * idea. --lorentey */
7544 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7547 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7549 while (x_error_message
)
7550 x_uncatch_errors ();
7555 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7558 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7563 /************************************************************************
7565 ************************************************************************/
7567 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7569 static char *error_msg
;
7571 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7572 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7575 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7577 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7578 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7579 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7581 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7582 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7584 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7585 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7589 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7591 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7592 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7595 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7596 that are on the dead display. */
7597 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7599 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7601 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7602 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7603 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7604 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7605 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7606 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7609 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7610 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7611 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7612 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7613 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7614 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7616 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7617 trying to find a replacement. */
7618 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7619 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7622 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7623 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7626 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7627 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7628 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7630 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7631 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7632 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7633 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7634 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7635 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7636 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7637 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7638 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7641 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7643 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7644 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7646 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7647 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7648 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7649 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7654 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7655 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7659 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7661 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7662 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7666 totally_unblock_input ();
7668 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7669 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7671 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7672 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7674 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7675 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7676 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7677 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7680 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7681 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7682 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7684 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7685 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7688 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7690 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
7691 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
7692 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
7698 if (x_error_message
)
7699 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7701 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7705 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7706 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7707 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7709 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7711 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7712 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7714 static void NO_INLINE
7715 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7717 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7719 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7720 or colors that are not defined. */
7722 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7725 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7726 original error handler. */
7728 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7729 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7730 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7731 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7735 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7736 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7737 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7740 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7744 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7745 DisplayString (display
));
7746 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7750 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7752 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7753 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7754 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7758 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7760 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7764 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7765 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7766 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7767 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7771 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7772 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7773 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7774 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7776 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7777 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
7779 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7781 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
7783 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
7785 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7786 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7787 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7788 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7790 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
7792 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7794 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7795 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7796 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7797 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7798 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
7799 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 1);
7804 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7807 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7816 /***********************************************************************
7818 ***********************************************************************/
7824 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7825 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7826 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7829 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7831 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7832 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7836 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
7837 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7839 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7840 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
7842 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
7843 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
7847 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
7848 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7849 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
7853 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
7856 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
7857 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
7860 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7861 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
7864 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7872 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
7873 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
7880 XIMCallback destroy
;
7883 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
7884 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
7887 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
7888 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
7889 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
7895 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7896 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7900 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7902 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
7903 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
7904 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
7905 when the callback was registered. */
7908 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7910 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
7911 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
7913 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
7917 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
7919 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
7920 as they have no XIC. */
7921 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
7923 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
7926 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7928 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
7931 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
7932 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
7934 create_frame_xic (f
);
7935 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
7936 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
7937 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
7939 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
7940 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
7949 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7952 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
7953 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
7954 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
7955 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
7958 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
7960 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
7964 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7965 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
7968 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
7969 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
7970 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
7971 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
7972 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
7973 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
7974 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
7975 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
7976 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
7977 eassert (ret
== True
);
7978 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7979 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
7980 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
7982 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
7986 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
7989 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
7994 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
7995 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
7997 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
7999 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
8000 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
8001 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
8002 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8003 eassert (ret
== True
);
8005 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8007 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8008 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8009 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8010 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8011 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8013 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8016 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8020 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8021 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8024 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8026 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8028 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8029 is already for the top-left corner. */
8030 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8033 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8034 position that fits on the screen. */
8035 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8036 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8037 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8040 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8042 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8043 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8044 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8046 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8047 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8048 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8049 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8052 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8053 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8055 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8058 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8059 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8060 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8063 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8064 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8065 so the flags should correspond. */
8066 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8069 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8070 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8071 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8072 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8073 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8076 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8078 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8080 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8084 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8086 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8088 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8089 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8091 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8094 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8096 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8097 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8099 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8101 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8102 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8103 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8104 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8105 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8108 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8109 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8111 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8112 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8115 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8116 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8117 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8118 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8121 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8122 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8123 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8125 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8126 (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8127 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8128 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8129 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8130 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8135 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8136 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8137 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8138 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8139 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8142 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8145 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8146 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8147 Window wmcheck_window
;
8148 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8149 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8150 long max_len
= 65536;
8151 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8152 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8153 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8157 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8158 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8159 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8160 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8161 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8162 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8164 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8166 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8167 x_uncatch_errors ();
8172 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8175 /* Check if window exists. */
8176 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8178 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8180 x_uncatch_errors ();
8185 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8187 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8188 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8189 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8190 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8191 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8192 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8194 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8196 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8197 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8198 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8199 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8200 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8202 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8204 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8205 x_uncatch_errors ();
8210 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8211 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8212 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8217 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8218 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8220 x_uncatch_errors ();
8227 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8229 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8231 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8232 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8234 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8236 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8238 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8240 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
8245 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8248 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8250 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8252 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8253 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8256 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8257 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8258 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8260 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8263 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8269 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8270 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8271 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8272 long max_len
= 65536;
8273 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8274 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8275 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8278 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8281 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8282 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8283 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8284 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8285 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8287 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8289 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8290 x_uncatch_errors ();
8292 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
8295 x_uncatch_errors ();
8297 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8299 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8300 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8303 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8305 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8307 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8308 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8310 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8312 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8314 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8315 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8317 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8319 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8320 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8321 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8325 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8330 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8333 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8335 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8336 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8339 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8341 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8342 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8344 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8346 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8350 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8352 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8353 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8354 are sent at once. */
8355 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8357 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8358 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8359 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8360 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8361 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8362 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8364 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8365 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8366 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8367 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8368 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8369 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8370 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8372 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8373 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8374 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8375 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8376 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8377 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8378 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8380 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8381 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8382 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8383 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8384 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8386 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8387 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8388 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8390 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8391 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8394 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8398 return have_net_atom
;
8402 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
8404 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8407 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8415 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8417 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8420 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8425 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8428 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8431 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8434 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8439 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8440 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8445 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8446 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8448 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8450 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8453 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8454 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8456 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8457 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8458 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8460 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8462 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8463 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8465 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8467 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8468 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8469 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8470 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8471 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8473 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8474 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8476 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8477 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8480 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8485 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8486 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8487 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8488 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8489 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8490 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8491 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8494 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8496 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8498 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8499 window manager window around the frame. */
8501 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8503 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8505 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8510 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8511 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8512 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8514 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8516 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8517 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8519 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8520 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8522 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8525 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8526 frame's position. */
8528 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8532 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8533 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8534 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8535 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8536 of an exact comparison. */
8539 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8543 while (count
++ < 50)
8545 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8547 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8548 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8551 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8552 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8556 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8559 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8560 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8563 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8567 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8568 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8570 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8574 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8576 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8578 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8581 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8582 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8584 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
8586 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8587 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8588 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8589 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
8591 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
8593 pending_signals
= 1;
8594 totally_unblock_input ();
8595 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8597 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8602 time_now
= current_timespec ();
8603 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
8606 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8607 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8608 break; /* Timeout */
8611 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
8615 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8616 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8617 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8618 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8621 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8623 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8625 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8627 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8629 pixelwidth
= ((pixelwise
8630 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
)
8631 : FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
))
8632 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
));
8633 pixelheight
= ((pixelwise
8634 ? FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
)
8635 : FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
))
8636 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8637 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
8638 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8639 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8640 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8641 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8644 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8645 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8646 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8647 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8648 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8650 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8651 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8652 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8653 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8655 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8656 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8657 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8658 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8659 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8661 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8664 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8665 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8666 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8667 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8668 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8671 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8677 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8678 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8679 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8680 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8683 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
8687 check_frame_size (f
, &width
, &height
, pixelwise
);
8689 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8691 int text_width
, text_height
;
8693 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8694 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8695 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
8696 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8697 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8698 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8699 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8700 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8701 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8702 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8704 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8706 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8707 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
8709 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, 0, 1, 0, 1);
8713 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8715 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
8716 height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
8718 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
8720 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8721 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8723 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
, pixelwise
);
8724 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
8725 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8728 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8730 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8731 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8733 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8734 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8735 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8736 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8737 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8742 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8745 frame_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8749 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8750 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8754 /* Raise frame F. */
8757 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8760 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8761 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8762 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8766 /* Lower frame F. */
8769 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8771 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8774 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8775 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8780 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8783 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
8785 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8786 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8787 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8788 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8789 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8792 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8795 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8797 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8798 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8800 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8802 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8805 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8806 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8807 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8809 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
8814 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, int raise_flag
)
8822 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8824 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
8826 /* XEmbed implementation. */
8828 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
8831 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
8833 unsigned long data
[2];
8834 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8836 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
8839 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8840 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
8841 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
8843 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
8846 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
8847 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
8851 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
8852 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
8853 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
8854 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
8855 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
8856 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
8857 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
8858 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
8859 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
8861 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
8862 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
8863 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8866 /* Change of visibility. */
8868 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
8869 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
8870 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
8871 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
8872 but it will become visible later when the window manager
8873 finishes with it. */
8876 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
8878 int original_top
, original_left
;
8883 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
8885 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8887 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
8888 call x_set_offset a second time
8889 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
8890 before the window gets really visible. */
8891 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8892 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8893 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
8894 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
8896 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
8898 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
8899 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
8900 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8901 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8902 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8905 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
8906 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
8908 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8910 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
8911 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
8913 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8914 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
8916 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
8917 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8918 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8921 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8923 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
8924 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
8925 so that incoming events are handled. */
8928 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
8929 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
8930 will set it when they are handled. */
8931 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
8933 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8934 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8936 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
8939 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
8941 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
8942 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
8943 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
8944 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
8946 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
8947 because the window manager may choose the position
8948 and we don't want to override it. */
8950 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
8951 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
8952 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
8953 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
8954 && previously_visible
)
8958 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
8962 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
8963 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
8964 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
8965 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
8966 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
8967 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
8968 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
8969 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8970 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
8972 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
8973 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8974 original_left
, original_top
);
8979 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8981 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
8982 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
8984 /* Force processing of queued events. */
8987 /* If on another desktop, the deiconify/map may be ignored and the
8988 frame never becomes visible. XMonad does this.
8989 Prevent an endless loop. */
8990 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) && ++tries
> 100)
8993 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
8994 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
8996 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
8997 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
8998 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
8999 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9000 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9002 if (input_polling_used ())
9004 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9005 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9006 handler reset it. */
9007 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9008 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9009 poll_for_input_1 ();
9010 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9013 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
9016 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
9017 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9023 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9025 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9028 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9032 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9033 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9035 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9036 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9037 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9041 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9042 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9043 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9044 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9045 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9046 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9049 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9050 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9053 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9054 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9059 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9060 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9063 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9067 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9068 just by the event that we get from the server.
9069 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9070 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9071 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9072 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9073 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 0);
9080 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9083 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9085 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9089 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9090 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9091 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9093 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
9098 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
9100 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9101 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9103 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9104 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9106 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9107 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9108 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9114 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9116 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9118 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9119 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9120 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9121 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9122 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9123 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9124 so we have to record it here. */
9125 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9126 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9131 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9132 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9133 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9137 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9139 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9140 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9143 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9145 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9147 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9148 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9149 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9150 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9151 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9152 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9154 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9155 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9157 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9158 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9162 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9163 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9164 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9165 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9166 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9168 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9169 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9171 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9175 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9179 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9181 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9183 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9185 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9186 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9189 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, 1);
9190 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
9192 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9194 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9198 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9201 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9203 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9204 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9205 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9207 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9212 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9213 commands to the X server. */
9214 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9216 /* Always exit with visible pointer to avoid weird issue
9217 with Xfixes (Bug#17609). */
9218 if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
9219 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, 0);
9221 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9222 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9224 free_frame_faces (f
);
9226 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9227 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9229 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9230 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9231 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9232 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9233 toolkit scroll bars. */
9234 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9236 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9237 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9246 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9247 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9249 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9250 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9252 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9253 we are using a toolkit. */
9254 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9255 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9257 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9258 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9261 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9262 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9264 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9265 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9266 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9268 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9269 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9270 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9271 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9272 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9273 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9275 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9276 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9277 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9278 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9279 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9280 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9281 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9282 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9283 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9284 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9285 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9286 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9287 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9288 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
9289 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9293 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
9294 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
9296 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
9297 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
9299 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
9301 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
9302 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
9306 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
9307 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
9308 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
9309 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
9310 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
9311 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
9312 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
9313 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
9314 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
9315 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
9316 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9317 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
9318 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
9319 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
9321 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9324 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9325 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9326 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9328 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9329 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9330 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9331 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9332 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9333 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9334 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9335 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
9341 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9344 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9346 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9348 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9349 commands to the X server. */
9350 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9351 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9353 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9357 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9359 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9360 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9361 that the window now has.
9362 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9363 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9364 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9368 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9370 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9371 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9373 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9374 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9376 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9381 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9382 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9384 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9385 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9387 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9388 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9390 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9391 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9393 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9394 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9395 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9396 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9398 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9400 int base_width
, base_height
;
9401 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9403 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9404 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9406 check_frame_size (f
, &min_cols
, &min_rows
, 0);
9408 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
9409 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
9410 frame size very small. */
9412 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
9413 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
9416 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9417 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9418 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9419 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9420 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9422 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9423 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9424 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9426 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9427 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9428 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9429 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9430 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9433 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9436 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9441 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9442 long supplied_return
;
9445 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9449 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9454 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9455 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9456 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9457 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9458 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9459 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9460 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9461 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9468 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9469 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9473 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9474 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9476 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9478 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9480 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9482 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9485 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9487 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9490 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9491 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9492 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9493 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9495 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9496 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9498 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9499 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9503 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9505 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9507 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9508 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9513 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9514 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9515 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9516 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9520 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9528 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9532 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9536 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9537 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9538 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9539 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9542 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9544 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9545 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9547 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9551 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9553 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9555 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9556 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9557 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9559 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9563 /***********************************************************************
9565 ***********************************************************************/
9569 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9573 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9575 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9576 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9577 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9580 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9583 /***********************************************************************
9585 ***********************************************************************/
9587 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9588 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9589 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9590 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9592 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9593 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9594 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9596 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9597 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9598 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9599 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9600 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9601 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9602 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9605 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9607 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9609 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9611 static int x_initialized
;
9613 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9614 the screen number from the server number. */
9616 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9619 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9620 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9621 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9623 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9624 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9625 length_until_period
++;
9627 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9628 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9630 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9632 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9633 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9634 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9635 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9636 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9637 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9638 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9639 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9640 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9641 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9642 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9643 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9644 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9645 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9647 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9651 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9655 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9656 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9659 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9660 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9663 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9684 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9685 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9688 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9690 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9691 return dpy
? (XCloseDisplay (dpy
), 1) : 0;
9696 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9697 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9699 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9700 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9704 /* Create invisible cursor on X display referred by DPYINFO. */
9707 make_invisible_cursor (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9709 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
9710 static char const no_data
[] = { 0 };
9715 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9716 pix
= XCreateBitmapFromData (dpy
, dpyinfo
->root_window
, no_data
, 1, 1);
9717 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pix
!= None
)
9721 col
.red
= col
.green
= col
.blue
= 0;
9722 col
.flags
= DoRed
| DoGreen
| DoBlue
;
9723 pixc
= XCreatePixmapCursor (dpy
, pix
, pix
, &col
, &col
, 0, 0);
9724 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pixc
!= None
)
9726 XFreePixmap (dpy
, pix
);
9729 x_uncatch_errors ();
9734 /* True if DPY supports Xfixes extension >= 4. */
9737 x_probe_xfixes_extension (Display
*dpy
)
9741 return XFixesQueryVersion (dpy
, &major
, &minor
) && major
>= 4;
9744 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
9747 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using Xfixes functions. */
9750 xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
9754 XFixesHideCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9756 XFixesShowCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9757 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
9760 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
9763 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */
9766 x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
9768 eassert (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0);
9770 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9771 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
9773 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
9774 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
9775 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
9778 /* Setup pointer blanking, prefer Xfixes if available. */
9781 x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9783 if (x_probe_xfixes_extension (dpyinfo
->display
))
9784 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer
;
9787 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= x_toggle_visible_pointer
;
9788 dpyinfo
->invisible_cursor
= make_invisible_cursor (dpyinfo
);
9792 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
9793 connection established. */
9794 static unsigned x_display_id
;
9796 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9797 the structure that describes the open display.
9798 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9800 struct x_display_info
*
9801 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9805 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9806 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9818 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9819 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9825 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9826 char **argv2
= argv
;
9829 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9831 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9835 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9836 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9838 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9842 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9844 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9846 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9847 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9850 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9851 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9853 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9855 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9856 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9857 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
9859 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9860 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9861 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9862 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9864 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9865 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9866 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9868 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9870 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9873 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9877 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9879 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
9880 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9882 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9883 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9885 s
= build_string (file
);
9886 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9888 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9889 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9893 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9894 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9897 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9898 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9899 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
9901 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
9902 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
9903 So let's not use it until R6. */
9905 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
9916 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
9917 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
9919 turn_on_atimers (0);
9920 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
9921 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
9922 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
9924 turn_on_atimers (1);
9927 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
9932 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9933 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9934 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
9935 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9936 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
9938 /* Detect failure. */
9945 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
9947 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
9948 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
9951 struct x_display_info
*share
;
9953 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
9954 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
9955 SSDATA (display_name
)))
9958 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
9961 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
9963 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
9965 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
9967 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
9968 list of terminals. */
9969 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
9970 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
9971 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
9972 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
9974 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
9975 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
9977 kset_system_key_alist
9979 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
9980 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
9982 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
9983 terminal_list
= terminal
;
9987 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
9988 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
9989 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
9990 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
9991 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
9993 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
9996 /* Put this display on the chain. */
9997 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
9998 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10000 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
10001 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10003 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10004 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
10007 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10010 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10011 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10012 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10013 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
10014 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10015 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10016 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10017 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10019 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10020 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10022 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10024 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10025 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10026 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10028 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10029 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10031 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10032 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10033 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10034 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10036 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10038 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10040 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10042 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10043 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10044 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10045 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10046 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10047 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10048 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10050 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
10052 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10053 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10055 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10056 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10057 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10058 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10059 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10060 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10063 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10064 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10066 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10069 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10070 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10071 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10073 if (STRINGP (value
)
10074 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10075 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10076 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10080 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10081 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10085 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10086 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10087 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10088 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10089 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10091 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10093 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10094 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10098 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10100 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10101 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10102 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10103 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10104 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10105 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10106 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10107 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10108 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10112 static const struct
10117 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
10118 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
10119 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
10120 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
10121 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
10122 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
10123 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
10124 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
10125 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
10126 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
10127 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
10128 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
10129 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
10130 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
10131 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
10132 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
10133 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
10134 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
10135 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
10136 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
10137 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
10138 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
10139 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
10140 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
10141 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
10142 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
10143 /* For properties of font. */
10144 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
10145 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
10146 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
10147 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
10148 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
10149 /* Ghostscript support. */
10150 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
10151 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
10152 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
10153 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
10155 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
10156 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
10157 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10158 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
10159 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10160 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
10161 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
10162 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
10163 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
10164 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10165 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
10166 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
10167 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
10168 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
10169 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
10170 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
10171 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
10172 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
10173 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
10174 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
10175 /* Session management */
10176 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
10177 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
10178 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
10182 const int atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
);
10183 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10184 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10185 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10186 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10187 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10188 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10189 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10191 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10192 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10194 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10195 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10196 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10197 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10199 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10200 False
, atoms_return
);
10202 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10203 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
10205 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10206 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10208 xfree (atom_names
);
10209 xfree (atoms_return
);
10212 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10213 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10214 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10216 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10217 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10220 x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo
);
10223 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10226 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10228 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10230 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10231 if (connection
!= 0)
10232 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10235 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10236 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10238 if (interrupt_input
)
10239 init_sigio (connection
);
10243 XFontStruct
*xfont
= NULL
;
10244 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10247 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10248 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10249 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10250 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10251 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10252 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10253 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10254 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10255 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10257 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !((xfont
= XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))))
10258 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10260 XFreeFont (dpy
, xfont
);
10261 x_uncatch_errors ();
10265 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10266 for debugging X code. */
10269 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10270 build_string ("synchronous"),
10271 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10273 if (STRINGP (value
)
10274 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10275 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10276 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10281 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10282 build_string ("useXIM"),
10283 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10286 if (STRINGP (value
)
10287 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10288 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10291 if (STRINGP (value
)
10292 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10293 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10299 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10300 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10302 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10303 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10311 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10312 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10315 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10317 struct terminal
*t
;
10319 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10321 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10322 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10325 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10326 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10327 x_session_close ();
10329 delete_terminal (t
);
10333 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10334 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10336 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10337 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10340 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10342 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10343 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10344 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10347 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10348 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10349 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10353 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10355 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10356 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10357 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10358 that slows us down. */
10361 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10364 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10365 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10367 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10368 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10369 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10370 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10375 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10376 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10377 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10378 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10379 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10380 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10381 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10384 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10387 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10389 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10390 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10391 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10396 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10399 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10401 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10403 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10407 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10409 x_after_update_window_line
,
10410 x_update_window_begin
,
10411 x_update_window_end
,
10413 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10414 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10415 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10416 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10417 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10418 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10419 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10420 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10421 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10422 x_clear_frame_area
,
10423 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10424 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10425 x_draw_window_divider
,
10426 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10430 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10432 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10434 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10435 int connection
= -1;
10437 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10438 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10439 if (!terminal
->name
)
10444 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10447 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10450 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10451 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10452 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10454 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10456 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10457 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10459 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10460 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10461 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10462 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10464 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10465 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10466 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10467 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10468 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10469 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10470 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10471 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10472 leaks in other situations. */
10474 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10475 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10477 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10479 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10480 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10481 closing all the displays. */
10482 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10486 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10488 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10489 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10491 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10493 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10496 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
10497 if (connection
!= -1)
10498 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10500 /* Mark as dead. */
10501 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10502 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10506 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10507 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10509 static struct terminal
*
10510 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10512 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10514 terminal
= create_terminal (output_x_window
, &x_redisplay_interface
);
10516 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10517 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10519 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10521 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10522 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10523 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10524 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10525 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10526 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10527 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10528 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10529 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10530 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10531 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10532 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10533 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10534 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10535 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10536 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10537 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10538 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10539 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10540 /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */
10546 x_initialize (void)
10551 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10552 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10553 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10556 current_count
= -1;
10559 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10560 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10562 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10563 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10565 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10567 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10568 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10569 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10570 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10571 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10572 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10573 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10575 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10578 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10580 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10581 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10585 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10586 original error handler. */
10587 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10588 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10593 syms_of_xterm (void)
10595 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10597 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10598 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10601 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10602 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10604 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10607 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10608 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10609 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10610 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10611 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10612 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10613 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10615 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10617 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10618 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10619 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10620 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10621 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10622 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10623 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10625 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10626 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10627 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10628 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10629 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10630 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10631 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10632 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10633 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10635 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10636 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10637 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10638 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10639 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10640 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10641 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10643 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10644 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10645 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10647 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10649 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10652 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10655 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
10656 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
10657 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10658 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
10659 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10660 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
10661 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10662 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
10663 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10665 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10666 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10667 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10668 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10669 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10670 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10672 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10673 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10674 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10675 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10676 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10677 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10679 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10680 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10681 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10682 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10683 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10684 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10686 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10687 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10688 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10689 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10690 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10691 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10693 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10694 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10695 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10696 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10697 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),